Mani Bhadra BV - Phoenix Import

Singing Bowls, Tingshas, Crystal Bowls, Tuning Forks, Bars and Tuning Pipes and Gongs

Singing bowls (also known as Tibetan Singing Bowls, rin gongs, Himalayan bowls or suzu gongs) are a type of bell, specifically classified as a standing bell. Rather than hanging inverted or attached to a handle, singing bowls sit with the bottom surface resting. The sides and rim of singing bowls vibrate to produce sound characterized by a fundamental frequency (first harmonic) and usually two audible harmonic overtones (second and third harmonic). According to singing bowl researcher Joseph Feinstein, singing bowls were traditionally used in Asia and the tradition of making sound with bronze bowls could go back 3,000 or more years to the Bronze Age. Singing bowls are used worldwide for meditation, music, relaxation, personal well-being. They are used by a wide range of professionals, including health professionals, school teachers, musicians and spiritual teachers. Singing bowls are used in health care by psychotherapists, massage therapists, cancer specialists, stress and meditation specialists. They are used to help treat cancer patients and also for post traumatic stress disorder. They are popular in classrooms to help facilitate group activities and focus students' attention.
Composition Nepal/Tibetan Singing Bowls :
NE0264, NE0265 and NE0269: Copper 71.5% / Tin 28% / Nickel 0.02% / Mercury 0.01% / Zinc 0.02% / Iron 0.02% / Lead 0.001% / Silver 0.002% / Gold 0.0001%.">NE0262 and NE0266: Copper 71% / Tin 28.5% / Nickel 0.02% / Mercury 0.01% / Zinc 0.02% / Iron 0.02% / Lead 0.001% / Silver 0.002% / Gold 0.0001%.
With 100% satisfaction guaranteed and the right of return!
Tingsha's - Hand Cymbals. The silvery, soothing, rich sound of Tingsha instantly strike an echo within the heart. Their purpose is to summon, therefore Tingsha call us to awareness, to remember who we are, and to recognise our priorities in the world. The Tingsha draw their name from the Tibetan syllables "ting" (ringing sound of metal) and "sha" (hanging), and their meaning can be translated as "hanging cymbals".
How Tingsha are made:
The Tingsha are individually handcrafted by the ancient Tibetan method of sand-casting, where an upper and lower mould are made from fine wet sand which is then baked several times over a charcoal fire. When the moulds are ready, the molten bell metal is poured. After casting, each individual Tingsha is skilfully tuned by hammering around the thick outer rim to create a perfectly matching pitch for each pair.The bell metal used in the Tingsha is made of a pure bronze alloy of copper and tin , with a white metal component of zinc and nickel.
Crystal singing bowl, every crystal bowl consists of 99.992 % pure, pulverized quartz crystal (silicone quartz SIO2), pressed at 3.000° Celsius. The pure sounds are able to set our body into vibration, because it has a natural affinity with quartz (among other elements). The human body is composed of many crystalline substances. Even on a molecular level, for example, our cells contain crystalline silicid acid. This substance helps to balance our natural electro-magnetic energies, and also happens to have the same chemical formula as natural quartz crystal!
Tuning Forks access and nourish the Qi, also known as prana, bio-energy or life force, flowing through the physical and energetic body. The sound waves works like kinetic energy, moving disharmony and tension from your body, while restoring a sense of well-being.
Chime bars are suspended above a good quality wood base for a clear resonating tone. Chime bars are made from special aluminium alloy, producing rich, long lasting sounds. These are used for healing, as they produce various vibrations and frequencies. The sound vibrations emitted by these energy chimes are rich in natural harmonics, which are the healing component of music, triggering alertness, concentration and deep relaxation. Energy chimes are used for healing and relaxing. Incredible resonance helps to focus the mind in meditation. Perfect for Feng Shui energy clearing and chakra balancing.
Then there are the Windgongs: tall, hollow pipes of a special alloy, hung by threads below a fine piece of wood, with in between a thread with a piece of wood withing the circle of metal pipes and down below a flat piece of wood, the wind catcher, causing the beautiful sounds with every breath of wind.
Tuning Pipes: Made from high quality heat treated aluminum pipes, producing beautiful and long lasting sound. Carefully tuned to actual frequencies as mentioned. Gives great healing effect.
Tingshas - Hand Cymbals: The silvery, soothing, rich sound of Tingshas instantly strike an echo within the heart. Their purpose is to summon, therefore Tingsha call us to become aware of, to remember who we are, and to recognize our priorities in the world we are living in. The Tingshas take their name from the Tibetan syllables "ting" (ringing sound of metal) and "sha" (hanging), so their meaning can be translated as "hanging cymbals". er ,? h????imes in a mantle clock. Some have holes in the centre, but they are mounted like all suspended gongs by other holes near the rim. The smaller sizes (7"-12") have a more bell-like tone due to their thickness and small diameter.

Gongs are flat bronze discs, with little fundamental pitch, heavily tuned overtones, and a long sustained sounding. They are made of Electrolytic Copper and Tin. Traditionally, a gong is played with a large soft mallet, which gives it a roaring crash to match their namesake. They are lathed on both sides and are medium to large in size, typically 15" to 22" but sizes from 7" to 40" are available. The 22" size is most popular, due to its portability and large sound. They are also commonly used by drum-kit drummers in rock music. Played with a nylon tip drumstick, they sound rather like the coil chimes in a mantle clock. Some have holes in the centre, but they are mounted like all suspended gongs by other holes near the rim. The smaller sizes (7"to12") have a more bell-like tone due to their thickness and small diameter.

Wholesaler Phoenix Import, the best choice for sound products with a good vibration and reasonable prices!

Products 1 - 96 of 649 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Windchimes and windbells

Image for: Wind chime angel glow in the dark

Wind chime angel glow in the dark

Productnr.: 972627

Dimensions: 23×100 cm

Wind chime angel glow in the dark

Enjoy musical inspiration with each passing breeze. Gorgeous, yellow colored, handmade wind chime. The wings and body glow in the dark.
This item is made of bronze colored metal, filled with glow in the dark epoxy.
Faceted round colored glass decoration with on top a extension spring.
The angel is 20x23 cm. The wind chime has total length of 1 meter. 

Image for: Wind chime angel purple

Wind chime angel purple

Productnr.: 972628

Dimensions: 18×70 cm

Wind chime angel purple 

Enjoy musical inspiration with each passing breeze. Gorgeous, purple and blue colored, handmade wind chime.
This item is made of bronze colored metal, filled with glitter infused, colored epoxy.
Faceted round colored glass decoration with on top a extension spring.

Image for: Wind chime angel blue

Wind chime angel blue

Productnr.: 972629

Dimensions: 18×70 cm

Wind chime angel blue

Enjoy musical inspiration with each passing breeze. Gorgeous, blue colored, handmade wind chime.
This item is made of bronze colored metal, filled with glitter infused, colored epoxy.
Faceted round colored glass decoration with on top a extension spring.

Singing Bowl accessories

Image for: Clear Light, Singing Bowl CD for relaxing the chakra's

Clear Light, Singing Bowl CD for relaxing the chakra's

Productnr.: 15689

Clear Light, Singing Bowl CD for relaxing the chakra's 

A very popular CD by Professional Chakra Healers, Sound Therapists, Reiki Masters and Singing Bowl therapists.

"This soothing music can be useful to those of us who have busy lifestyles and busy minds - to help us become more calm and relaxed. Those who are interested in learning to meditate may also find that it helps their meditation to go well"
"Lama Yeshe Losal Rinpoche"

All profits are going to Charities such as ROKPA International, Sponsoring a Monk for 3 years, and Providing Musical Instruments and Tuition for 'Alexander Music Foundation' students for the last 3 years and the Nepali Charity - Son of Light.


Crystal Singing Bowls Quartz Chakra sets

Image for: Crystal singing bowls Chakra SET 1: 7 bowls

Crystal singing bowls Chakra SET 1: 7 bowls

Productnr.: 1709/4

Dimensions: 25-30 cm

Crystal singing bowls - Chakra SET 1: 7 bowls

The set will be selected upon the seven chakra tones and not on size.
Therefore it can be possible that the set contains more bowls of the same size. 
We recommend to order, together with this set, our special transport bags (art. no. 1780 and 1780/1) for crystal singing bowls. 
This way you are sure of a safe transport of your delicate bowls!

The musical scale “C D E F G A B” is connected to our chakras:
C: 1st chakra - Root chakra
D: 2nd chakra - Sacral chakra
E: 3rd chakra - Solar Plexus chakra
F: 4th chakra - Heart chakra
G: 5th chakra - Throat chakra
A: 6th chakra - Brow chakra
B: 7th chakra - Crown chakra


This set consists of:
1 singing bowl A-tone 30 cms
1 singing bowl B-tone 30 cms
1 singing bowl C-tone 30 cms
1 singing bowl D-tone 25 cms
1 singing bowl E-tone 30 cms
1 singing bowl F-tone 25 cms
1 singing bowl G-tone 25 cms
7 leather mallets
7 rubber stability rings 
extra: 1 rubber mallet (article number 1715)

No extra freight costs for: Benelux, Germany, Austria, United Kingdom, Denmark, France, Luxembourg.
Extra freight costs: All other countries. The amount of the feighte costs depends on the volume of your order. If you like to know how much these costs will be, you can send an email to: orders@phoeniximport.nl. Mention the article numbers and quantities of the order you want to place.


Extra information

There are seven musical notes that correspond to the seven colours of the rainbow, and these are related to the seven main Chakras, energy centers along the vertebrae. The Chakras all possess a different resonant frequency. The pure tones of crystal bowls produce a vibrational sound field that resonates the body's energy centers (Chakras) and corresponding physical areas. The Crystal Bowls act directly on our chakras and facilitate balance and higher consciousness as well as healing in the Chakras. 

Sound has been used throughout history to awaken, enhance and attune each Chakra, in many cultures. Because each chakra is vibrational in nature, and resonates at different frequencies, there are specific ‘seed sounds’, chants, and pitches used for these purposes. One of the most popular systems of sound healing therapies is the use of specific pitches to awaken or attune, each Chakra. The modern Western system of music is actually based upon ancient derivatives of sound and pitch in alignment with what the ancients called the ‘Universal Harmonies.’ It was common understanding that differing frequencies, pitches, and harmonies, can provide different qualities of healing, as well as the opposite! These levels of understanding can take decades to truly comprehend and integrate into our own ‘knowing. So, we will not go too deeply into it here.

The standard western musical scale is comprised of 12 pitches, with a thirteenth note often included. This 13th note is the “higher octave” of the first note. So, we will speak about 13 musical notes in our description of the scale. Each note is a particular frequency. Based on the International Standard of tuning, middle A, in the main clef of our musical scale, above middle C, resonates at 440 Hertz, or cycles per second. This is its frequency, or pitch. Our primary scale, based on A440, which is the International Standard of pitch, begins at middle C. Middle C resonates at 256 Hertz, and continues to the octave above that, high C, resonating at 512 Hertz. This makes high C twice as high, or resonating at twice the frequency, of middle C. This is true for each ‘octave’ note. We then break down the steps of this basic octave of notes, from middle C to high C, into half steps, or increments. These half steps are C, C#/Db, D, D#/Eb, E, F, F#/Gb, G, G#/Ab, A, A#/Bb, B, C. On a scale, they look like this: image of scale. The ‘#/b’ symbols, represent a sharp or flat, which is halfway between each note. Notice there are no #’s or b’s between E and F, and B, and C. This, simply, is how the increments of the notes originate, and are defined, in our system of music. A C# and Db are the same note, halfway between C and D. We list them as #/b, because you may see these listed either way in various descriptions of the scale, or individual notes. There have been uneducated people in the Crystal Bowl industry, actually describing these as two different notes. They are not. They are the same note. So, you have 12 pitch possibilities, though we include the 13th “high C” to complete a full octave of notes. In reality, your bowl may be in a higher or lower octave, even though labeled C, A, or any other note, depending on its size.

Knowledgeable people claim that the halfway notes of crystal singing bowls have a special harmonising effect on various endocrine glands: C# - sexual glands, D# - adrenals, F# - thymus, G# - thyroid, zeal, G# - pineal.

These Crystal Singing Bowls are made of almost 100 percent pure quartz crystal, a naturally occurring element. The crystal is heated to 4,000 degrees Fahrenheit (2,200 degrees Celsius) and cast in a mould. Because our bodies are also composed of a crystalline structure, using Quartz Crystal Singing Bowls for healing and meditation allows us to respond more quickly and favourably to the sound as therapy. This is why crystals are a key element in many different holistic medicine healing practices.

Disclaimer: Any healing properties outlined are in no way meant to replace diagnosis or treatment by a qualified therapist or physician.


 
Image for: Crystal singing bowls Chakra SET 2: 7 Bowls

Crystal singing bowls Chakra SET 2: 7 Bowls

Productnr.: 1709/5

Dimensions: 25-35 cm

Crystal singing bowls Chakra SET 2: 7 bowls

The set will be selected upon the seven chakra tones and not on size. 
Therefore it can be possible that the set contains more bowls of the same size. 
We recommend to order, together with this set, our special transport bags (art. no. 1780 and 1780/1) for crystal singing bowls. 
This way you are sure of a safe transport of your delicate bowls! 

The musical scale “C D E F G A B” is connected to our chakras:
C: 1st chakra - Root chakra
D: 2nd chakra - Sacral chakra
E: 3rd chakra - Solar Plexus chakra
F: 4th chakra - Heart chakra
G: 5th chakra - Throat chakra
A: 6th chakra - Brow chakra
B: 7th chakra - Crown chakra

This set consists of: 
1 singing bowl A-tone 30 cms 
1 singing bowl B-tone 35 cms 
1 singing bowl C-tone 35 cms 
1 singing bowl D-tone 30 cms 
1 singing bowl E-tone 30 cms 
1 singing bowl F-tone 25 cms 
1 singing bowl G-tone 25 cms
7 leather mallets
7 rubber stability rings 
extra: 1 rubber mallet (article number 1715)

No extra freight costs for: Benelux, Germany, Austria, United Kingdom, Denmark, France, Luxembourg. 
Extra freight costs: All other countries. The amount of the feighte costs depends on the volume of your order. If you like to know how much these costs will be, you can send an email to: orders@phoeniximport.nl. Mention the article numbers and quantities of the order you want to place.


Extra information
There are seven musical notes that correspond to the seven colours of the rainbow, and these are related to the seven main Chakras, energy centers along the vertebrae. The Chakras all possess a different resonant frequency. The pure tones of crystal bowls produce a vibrational sound field that resonates the body's energy centers (Chakras) and corresponding physical areas. The Crystal Bowls act directly on our chakras and facilitate balance and higher consciousness as well as healing in the Chakras. 

Sound has been used throughout history to awaken, enhance and attune each Chakra, in many cultures. Because each chakra is vibrational in nature, and resonates at different frequencies, there are specific ‘seed sounds’, chants, and pitches used for these purposes. One of the most popular systems of sound healing therapies is the use of specific pitches to awaken or attune, each Chakra. The modern Western system of music is actually based upon ancient derivatives of sound and pitch in alignment with what the ancients called the ‘Universal Harmonies.’ It was common understanding that differing frequencies, pitches, and harmonies, can provide different qualities of healing, as well as the opposite! These levels of understanding can take decades to truly comprehend and integrate into our own ‘knowing. So, we will not go too deeply into it here.

The standard western musical scale is comprised of 12 pitches, with a thirteenth note often included. This 13th note is the “higher octave” of the first note. So, we will speak about 13 musical notes in our description of the scale. Each note is a particular frequency. Based on the International Standard of tuning, middle A, in the main clef of our musical scale, above middle C, resonates at 440 Hertz, or cycles per second. This is its frequency, or pitch. Our primary scale, based on A440, which is the International Standard of pitch, begins at middle C. Middle C resonates at 256 Hertz, and continues to the octave above that, high C, resonating at 512 Hertz. This makes high C twice as high, or resonating at twice the frequency, of middle C. This is true for each ‘octave’ note. We then break down the steps of this basic octave of notes, from middle C to high C, into half steps, or increments. These half steps are C, C#/Db, D, D#/Eb, E, F, F#/Gb, G, G#/Ab, A, A#/Bb, B, C. On a scale, they look like this: image of scale. The ‘#/b’ symbols, represent a sharp or flat, which is halfway between each note. Notice there are no #’s or b’s between E and F, and B, and C. This, simply, is how the increments of the notes originate, and are defined, in our system of music. A C# and Db are the same note, halfway between C and D. We list them as #/b, because you may see these listed either way in various descriptions of the scale, or individual notes. There have been uneducated people in the Crystal Bowl industry, actually describing these as two different notes. They are not. They are the same note. So, you have 12 pitch possibilities, though we include the 13th “high C” to complete a full octave of notes. In reality, your bowl may be in a higher or lower octave, even though labeled C, A, or any other note, depending on its size.

Knowledgeable people claim that the halfway notes of crystal singing bowls have a special harmonising effect on various endocrine glands: C# - sexual glands, D# - adrenals, F# - thymus, G# - thyroid, zeal, G# - pineal.

These Crystal Singing Bowls are made of almost 100 percent pure quartz crystal, a naturally occurring element. The crystal is heated to 4,000 degrees Fahrenheit (2,200 degrees Celsius) and cast in a mold. Because our bodies are also composed of a crystalline structure, using Quartz Crystal Singing Bowls for healing and meditation allows us to respond more quickly and favorably to the sound as therapy. This is why crystals are a key element in many different holistic medicine healing practices.  

Disclaimer: Any healing properties outlined are in no way meant to replace diagnosis or treatment by a qualified therapist or physician.



Image for: Crystal singing bowls White Chakra set 7 + padded case

Crystal singing bowls White Chakra set 7 + padded case

Productnr.: 1729/3

Dimensions: 25-30 cm

Crystal singing bowls - white - Chakra set 7 + proffessional padded case

This set has been selected upon the seven chakra tones and not on size. 
It is possible that the set contains several bowls of the same size, but with a different pitch. 
The set will be selected upon the seven chakra tones and not on size. 
Therefore it can be possible that the set contains more bowls of the same size. 


The musical scale “C D E F G A B” is connected to our chakras:
C: 1st chakra - Root chakra
D: 2nd chakra - Sacral chakra
E: 3rd chakra - Solar Plexus chakra
F: 4th chakra - Heart chakra
G: 5th chakra - Throat chakra
A: 6th chakra - Brow chakra
B: 7th chakra - Crown chakra


This set consists of: 
1 singing bowl A-tone 25 cms + professional custom padded case
1 singing bowl B-tone 30 cms + professional custom padded case
1 singing bowl C-tone 30 cms + professional custom padded case
1 singing bowl D-tone 25 cms + professional custom padded case
1 singing bowl E-tone 30 cms + professional custom padded case
1 singing bowl F-tone 30 cms + professional custom padded case
1 singing bowl G-tone 25 cms+ professional custom padded case
7 leather mallets
7 rubber stability rings 
extra: 1 rubber mallet (article number 1715)

No extra freight costs for: Benelux, Germany, Austria, United Kingdom, Denmark, France, Luxembourg. 
Extra freight costs: All other countries. The amount of the feighte costs depends on the volume of your order. If you like to know how much these costs will be, you can send an email to: orders@phoeniximport.nl. Mention the article numbers and quantities of the order you want to place.


Extra information
There are seven musical notes that correspond to the seven colours of the rainbow, and these are related to the seven main Chakras, energy centers along the vertebrae. The Chakras all possess a different resonant frequency. The pure tones of crystal bowls produce a vibrational sound field that resonates the body's energy centers (Chakras) and corresponding physical areas. The Crystal Bowls act directly on our chakras and facilitate balance and higher consciousness as well as healing in the Chakras. 

Sound has been used throughout history to awaken, enhance and attune each Chakra, in many cultures. Because each chakra is vibrational in nature, and resonates at different frequencies, there are specific ‘seed sounds’, chants, and pitches used for these purposes. One of the most popular systems of sound healing therapies is the use of specific pitches to awaken or attune, each Chakra. The modern Western system of music is actually based upon ancient derivatives of sound and pitch in alignment with what the ancients called the ‘Universal Harmonies.’ It was common understanding that differing frequencies, pitches, and harmonies, can provide different qualities of healing, as well as the opposite! These levels of understanding can take decades to truly comprehend and integrate into our own ‘knowing. So, we will not go too deeply into it here.

The standard western musical scale is comprised of 12 pitches, with a thirteenth note often included. This 13th note is the “higher octave” of the first note. So, we will speak about 13 musical notes in our description of the scale. Each note is a particular frequency. Based on the International Standard of tuning, middle A, in the main clef of our musical scale, above middle C, resonates at 440 Hertz, or cycles per second. This is its frequency, or pitch. Our primary scale, based on A440, which is the International Standard of pitch, begins at middle C. Middle C resonates at 256 Hertz, and continues to the octave above that, high C, resonating at 512 Hertz. This makes high C twice as high, or resonating at twice the frequency, of middle C. This is true for each ‘octave’ note. We then break down the steps of this basic octave of notes, from middle C to high C, into half steps, or increments. These half steps are C, C#/Db, D, D#/Eb, E, F, F#/Gb, G, G#/Ab, A, A#/Bb, B, C. On a scale, they look like this: image of scale. The ‘#/b’ symbols, represent a sharp or flat, which is halfway between each note. Notice there are no #’s or b’s between E and F, and B, and C. This, simply, is how the increments of the notes originate, and are defined, in our system of music. A C# and Db are the same note, halfway between C and D. We list them as #/b, because you may see these listed either way in various descriptions of the scale, or individual notes. There have been uneducated people in the Crystal Bowl industry, actually describing these as two different notes. They are not. They are the same note. So, you have 12 pitch possibilities, though we include the 13th “high C” to complete a full octave of notes. In reality, your bowl may be in a higher or lower octave, even though labeled C, A, or any other note, depending on its size.

Knowledgeable people claim that the halfway notes of crystal singing bowls have a special harmonising effect on various endocrine glands: C# - sexual glands, D# - adrenals, F# - thymus, G# - thyroid, zeal, G# - pineal.

These Crystal Singing Bowls are made of almost 100 percent pure quartz crystal, a naturally occurring element. The crystal is heated to 4,000 degrees Fahrenheit (2,200 degrees Celsius) and cast in a mold. Because our bodies are also composed of a crystalline structure, using Quartz Crystal Singing Bowls for healing and meditation allows us to respond more quickly and favorably to the sound as therapy. This is why crystals are a key element in many different holistic medicine healing practices. 

Disclaimer: Any healing properties outlined are in no way meant to replace diagnosis or treatment by a qualified therapist or physician.


Image for: Crystal singing bowls Chakra colours SET + cases

Crystal singing bowls Chakra colours SET + cases

Productnr.: 1803/1

Dimensions: 20 cm

Crystal singing bowls Chakra SET: 7 colours + prof. custom padded cases

This valuable set for professionals has been selected upon the seven chakra tones.
Each singing bowl comes with a leather mallet and a rubber ring
Safe transport of your singing bowls due to the padded cases.
Colour of the bowls may vary slightly from the ones shown in the picture!

This set consists of: 
7 coloured singing bowls in the musical tones A B C D E F G, 20cm diameter
7 professional padded cases
7 leather mallets
7 rubber stability rings 
extra: 1 rubber mallet (article number 1715)

No extra freight costs for: Benelux, Germany, Austria, United Kingdom, Denmark, France, Luxembourg. 
Extra freight costs: All other countries. The amount of the feighte costs depends on the volume of your order. If you like to know how much these costs will be, you can send an email to: orders@phoeniximport.nl. Mention the article numbers and quantities of the order you want to place.


Extra information
There are seven musical notes that correspond to the seven colours of the rainbow, and these are related to the seven main Chakras, energy centers along the vertebrae. The Chakras all possess a different resonant frequency. The pure tones of crystal bowls produce a vibrational sound field that resonates the body's energy centers (Chakras) and corresponding physical areas. The Crystal Bowls act directly on our chakras and facilitate balance and higher consciousness as well as healing in the Chakras. 

Sound has been used throughout history to awaken, enhance and attune each Chakra, in many cultures. Because each chakra is vibrational in nature, and resonates at different frequencies, there are specific ‘seed sounds’, chants, and pitches used for these purposes. One of the most popular systems of sound healing therapies is the use of specific pitches to awaken or attune, each Chakra. The modern Western system of music is actually based upon ancient derivatives of sound and pitch in alignment with what the ancients called the ‘Universal Harmonies.’ It was common understanding that differing frequencies, pitches, and harmonies, can provide different qualities of healing, as well as the opposite! These levels of understanding can take decades to truly comprehend and integrate into our own ‘knowing. So, we will not go too deeply into it here.

The standard western musical scale is comprised of 12 pitches, with a thirteenth note often included. This 13th note is the “higher octave” of the first note. So, we will speak about 13 musical notes in our description of the scale. Each note is a particular frequency. Based on the International Standard of tuning, middle A, in the main clef of our musical scale, above middle C, resonates at 440 Hertz, or cycles per second. This is its frequency, or pitch. Our primary scale, based on A440, which is the International Standard of pitch, begins at middle C. Middle C resonates at 256 Hertz, and continues to the octave above that, high C, resonating at 512 Hertz. This makes high C twice as high, or resonating at twice the frequency, of middle C. This is true for each ‘octave’ note. We then break down the steps of this basic octave of notes, from middle C to high C, into half steps, or increments. These half steps are C, C#/Db, D, D#/Eb, E, F, F#/Gb, G, G#/Ab, A, A#/Bb, B, C. On a scale, they look like this: image of scale. The ‘#/b’ symbols, represent a sharp or flat, which is halfway between each note. Notice there are no #’s or b’s between E and F, and B, and C. This, simply, is how the increments of the notes originate, and are defined, in our system of music. A C# and Db are the same note, halfway between C and D. We list them as #/b, because you may see these listed either way in various descriptions of the scale, or individual notes. There have been uneducated people in the Crystal Bowl industry, actually describing these as two different notes. They are not. They are the same note. So, you have 12 pitch possibilities, though we include the 13th “high C” to complete a full octave of notes. In reality, your bowl may be in a higher or lower octave, even though labeled C, A, or any other note, depending on its size.

Knowledgeable people claim that the halfway notes of crystal singing bowls have a special harmonising effect on various endocrine glands: C# - sexual glands, D# - adrenals, F# - thymus, G# - thyroid, zeal, G# - pineal.

These Crystal Singing Bowls are made of almost 100 percent pure quartz crystal, a naturally occurring element. The crystal is heated to 4,000 degrees Fahrenheit (2,200 degrees Celsius) and cast in a mold. Because our bodies are also composed of a crystalline structure, using Quartz Crystal Singing Bowls for healing and meditation allows us to respond more quickly and favorably to the sound as therapy. This is why crystals are a key element in many different holistic medicine healing practices.

Disclaimer: Any healing properties outlined are in no way meant to replace diagnosis or treatment by a qualified therapist or physician.


Image for: Crystal singing bowls Chakra colours SET + cases

Crystal singing bowls Chakra colours SET + cases

Productnr.: 1803/3

Dimensions: 30 cm

Crystal singing bowls Chakra SET - 7 colours + prof. custom padded cases

This valuable set for professionals has been selected upon the seven chakra tones.
Each singing bowl comes with a leather mallet and a rubber ring
Safe transport of your singing bowls due to the padded cases.
Colour of the bowls may vary slightly from the ones shown in the picture!

This set consists of: 
7 coloured singing bowls in the musical tones A B C D E F G, 30cm diameter
7 professional padded cases
7 leather mallets
7 rubber stability rings 
extra: 1 rubber mallet (article number 1715)

No extra freight costs for: Benelux, Germany, Austria, United Kingdom, Denmark, France, Luxembourg. 
Extra freight costs: All other countries. The amount of the feighte costs depends on the volume of your order. If you like to know how much these costs will be, you can send an email to: orders@phoeniximport.nl. Mention the article numbers and quantities of the order you want to place.



Extra information
There are seven musical notes that correspond to the seven colours of the rainbow, and these are related to the seven main Chakras, energy centers along the vertebrae. The Chakras all possess a different resonant frequency. The pure tones of crystal bowls produce a vibrational sound field that resonates the body's energy centers (Chakras) and corresponding physical areas. The Crystal Bowls act directly on our chakras and facilitate balance and higher consciousness as well as healing in the Chakras. 

Sound has been used throughout history to awaken, enhance and attune each Chakra, in many cultures. Because each chakra is vibrational in nature, and resonates at different frequencies, there are specific ‘seed sounds’, chants, and pitches used for these purposes. One of the most popular systems of sound healing therapies is the use of specific pitches to awaken or attune, each Chakra. The modern Western system of music is actually based upon ancient derivatives of sound and pitch in alignment with what the ancients called the ‘Universal Harmonies.’ It was common understanding that differing frequencies, pitches, and harmonies, can provide different qualities of healing, as well as the opposite! These levels of understanding can take decades to truly comprehend and integrate into our own ‘knowing. So, we will not go too deeply into it here.

The standard western musical scale is comprised of 12 pitches, with a thirteenth note often included. This 13th note is the “higher octave” of the first note. So, we will speak about 13 musical notes in our description of the scale. Each note is a particular frequency. Based on the International Standard of tuning, middle A, in the main clef of our musical scale, above middle C, resonates at 440 Hertz, or cycles per second. This is its frequency, or pitch. Our primary scale, based on A440, which is the International Standard of pitch, begins at middle C. Middle C resonates at 256 Hertz, and continues to the octave above that, high C, resonating at 512 Hertz. This makes high C twice as high, or resonating at twice the frequency, of middle C. This is true for each ‘octave’ note. We then break down the steps of this basic octave of notes, from middle C to high C, into half steps, or increments. These half steps are C, C#/Db, D, D#/Eb, E, F, F#/Gb, G, G#/Ab, A, A#/Bb, B, C. On a scale, they look like this: image of scale. The ‘#/b’ symbols, represent a sharp or flat, which is halfway between each note. Notice there are no #’s or b’s between E and F, and B, and C. This, simply, is how the increments of the notes originate, and are defined, in our system of music. A C# and Db are the same note, halfway between C and D. We list them as #/b, because you may see these listed either way in various descriptions of the scale, or individual notes. There have been uneducated people in the Crystal Bowl industry, actually describing these as two different notes. They are not. They are the same note. So, you have 12 pitch possibilities, though we include the 13th “high C” to complete a full octave of notes. In reality, your bowl may be in a higher or lower octave, even though labeled C, A, or any other note, depending on its size.

Knowledgeable people claim that the halfway notes of crystal singing bowls have a special harmonising effect on various endocrine glands: C# - sexual glands, D# - adrenals, F# - thymus, G# - thyroid, zeal, G# - pineal.

These Crystal Singing Bowls are made of almost 100 percent pure quartz crystal, a naturally occurring element. The crystal is heated to 4,000 degrees Fahrenheit (2,200 degrees Celsius) and cast in a mold. Because our bodies are also composed of a crystalline structure, using Quartz Crystal Singing Bowls for healing and meditation allows us to respond more quickly and favorably to the sound as therapy. This is why crystals are a key element in many different holistic medicine healing practices.

Disclaimer: Any healing properties outlined are in no way meant to replace diagnosis or treatment by a qualified therapist or physician.


Crystal Singing Bowls Quartz Crystal clear

Image for: Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear A-tone

Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear A-tone

Productnr.: A1769

Dimensions: 15 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR – hand held – A-tuned – Ø 15 cm

This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in A and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and bag.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear C-tone

Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear C-tone

Productnr.: C1769

Dimensions: 15 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR – hand held – C-tuned – Ø 15 cms

This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in C and comes with a leather mallet (product number 1716) and bag.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Hand-held Bowl Clear E-tone + bag

Crystal Hand-held Bowl Clear E-tone + bag

Productnr.: E1769

Dimensions: 15 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR - hand-held - E-tuned + bag

This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in E and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and bag.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear F#-tone + bag

Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear F#-tone + bag

Productnr.: F#1769

Dimensions: 15 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR - hand held - F#-tuned - Ø 15 cms

This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in F# and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and bag.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear F-tone + bag

Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear F-tone + bag

Productnr.: F1769

Dimensions: 15 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR - hand held - F-tuned - Ø 15 cms

This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in F and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and bag.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear G-tone + bag

Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear G-tone + bag

Productnr.: G1769

Dimensions: 15 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR  - hand held - G-tuned - Ø 15 cms

This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in G and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and bag.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Hand-held Sing. Bowl Clear C#-tone + bag

Crystal Hand-held Sing. Bowl Clear C#-tone + bag

Productnr.: C#1770

Dimensions: 17.5 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR - hand-held - C#-tuned Ø 17.5 cms

This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in C# and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and bag.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Knowledgeable people claim that the halfway notes of crystal singing bowls have a special harmonising effect on various endocrine glands: C# - sexual glands, D# - adrenals, F# - thymus, G# - thyroid, zeal, G# - pineal. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear C-tone + bag

Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear C-tone + bag

Productnr.: C1770

Dimensions: 17.5 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR - hand held - C-tuned - Ø 17.5 cms

This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in C and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and bag.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes.Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl  becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl.

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear D-tone + bag

Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear D-tone + bag

Productnr.: D1770

Dimensions: 17.5 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR - hand held - D-tuned - Ø 17.5 cms

This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in D and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and bag.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes.Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl  becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl.

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear E-tone + bag

Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear E-tone + bag

Productnr.: E1770

Dimensions: 17.5 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR - hand held - E-tuned – Ø 17.5 cm

This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in E and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and bag.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes.Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl  becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl.

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear F#-tone + bag

Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear F#-tone + bag

Productnr.: F#1770

Dimensions: 17.5 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR - hand held - F#-tuned – Ø 17.5 cms 

This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in F# and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and bag.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes.Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl  becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl.

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear F-tone + bag

Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear F-tone + bag

Productnr.: F1770

Dimensions: 17.5 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR - hand held - F-tuned – Ø 17.5 cms

This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in F and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and bag.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes.Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl  becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl.

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear G-tone + bag

Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear G-tone + bag

Productnr.: G1770

Dimensions: 17.5 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR - hand held - G-tuned – Ø 17.5 cms

This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in G and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and bag.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes.Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl  becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl.

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Hand-held Singing Bowl Clear A-tone + bag

Crystal Hand-held Singing Bowl Clear A-tone + bag

Productnr.: A1771

Dimensions: 20 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR – hand-held – A-tuned Ø 20 cm

This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in A and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and bag.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes.Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl  becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl.

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear B-tuned + bag

Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear B-tuned + bag

Productnr.: B1771

Dimensions: 20 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR - hand held - B-tuned – Ø 20 cm

This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in B and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and bag.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes.Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl  becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl.

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Hand-held Singing Bowl Clear C#-tone + bag

Crystal Hand-held Singing Bowl Clear C#-tone + bag

Productnr.: C#1771

Dimensions: 20 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR – hand-held – C#-tuned Ø 20 cm

This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in C# and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and bag.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes.Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl  becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl.

ts in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Hand-held Singing Bowl Clear C-tone + bag

Crystal Hand-held Singing Bowl Clear C-tone + bag

Productnr.: C1771

Dimensions: 20 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR – hand-held – C-tuned Ø 20 cm

This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in C and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and bag.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes.Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl  becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl.

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear D-tone + bag

Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl Clear D-tone + bag

Productnr.: D1771

Dimensions: 20 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR - hand held - D-tuned - Ø 20 cms

This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in D and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and bag.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes.Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl  becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl.

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl Clear A-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl Clear A-tone

Productnr.: A1761

Dimensions: 20 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR – A-tuned

This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in A and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and a rubber stability ring. 

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes.Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl  becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl Clear B-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl Clear B-tone

Productnr.: B1761

Dimensions: 20 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR – B-tuned


This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in A and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and rubber stability ring. 

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes.Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl  becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl Clear C#-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl Clear C#-tone

Productnr.: C#1761

Dimensions: 20 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR – C#-tuned


This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in A and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and rubber stalbility ring.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes.Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl  becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl Clear C-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl Clear C-tone

Productnr.: C1761

Dimensions: 20 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR – C-tuned

This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in C and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and a rubber stability ring. 

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl Clear D-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl Clear D-tone

Productnr.: D1761

Dimensions: 20 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl CLEAR – D-tuned

This clear crystal singing bowl is tuned in D and comes with mallet (product number 1716) and a rubber stability ring. 

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes.Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl  becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Crystal Singing Bowls Quartz Crystal White

Image for: Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl White A-tone

Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl White A-tone

Productnr.: A1710

Dimensions: 25 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl WHITE – hand held – A-tuned – Ø 25 cm

These hand held crystal singing bowls are specifically designed for therapeutic use.
You can easily and effectively work around the body with them.
Do take care of holing the appropriate distance, since sound has a strong effect on the esotheric body - the Aura. Dose well.
The handle can be filled with small crystals - for example (a mix of) products 5910, 5911 or 5912 - for an extra strong effect.

This white crystal singing bowl is tuned in A and comes with mallet (product number 1716).

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl White B-tone

Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl White B-tone

Productnr.: B1710

Dimensions: 25 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl WHITE – hand held – B-tuned – Ø 25 cm

These hand held crystal singing bowls are specifically designed for therapeutic use.
You can easily and effectively work around the body with them. Do take care of holing the appropriate distance, since sound has a strong effect on the esotheric body - the Aura. Dose well.
The handle can be filled with small crystals - for example (a mix of) products 59105911 or 5912 - for an extra strong effect.

This white singing bowl is tuned in B and comes with mallet (product number 1716).

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl White C-tone

Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl White C-tone

Productnr.: C1710

Dimensions: 25 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl WHITE – hand held – C-tuned – Ø 25 cm

These hand held crystal singing bowls are specifically designed for therapeutic use.
You can easily and effectively work around the body with them.
Do take care of holing the appropriate distance, since sound has a strong effect on the esotheric body - the Aura. Dose well.
The handle can be filled with small crystals - for example (a mix of) products 59105911 or 5912 - for an extra strong effect.

This white singing bowl is tuned in C and comes with mallet (product number 1716).

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl White D-tone

Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl White D-tone

Productnr.: D1710

Dimensions: 25 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl WHITE – hand held – D-tuned – Ø 25 cm

These hand held crystal singing bowls are specifically designed for therapeutic use.
You can easily and effectively work around the body with them.
Do take care of holing the appropriate distance, since sound has a strong effect on the esotheric body - the Aura. Dose well.
The handle can be filled with small crystals - for example (a mix of) products 59105911 or 5912 - for an extra strong effect.

This white singing bowl is tuned in D and comes with mallet (product number 1716).

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl White F#-tone

Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl White F#-tone

Productnr.: F#1710

Dimensions: 25 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl WHITE – hand held – F#-tuned – Ø 25 cm

These hand held crystal singing bowls are specifically designed for therapeutic use.
You can easily and effectively work around the body with them. Do take care of holing the appropriate distance, since sound has a strong effect on the esotheric body - the Aura. Dose well.
The handle can be filled with small crystals - for example (a mix of) products 59105911 or 5912 - for an extra strong effect.

This white singing bowl is tuned in F# and comes with mallet (product number 1716).

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl White F-tone

Crystal Handheld Singing Bowl White F-tone

Productnr.: F1710

Dimensions: 25 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl WHITE – hand held – F-tuned – Ø 25 cm

These hand held crystal singing bowls are specifically designed for therapeutic use.
You can easily and effectively work around the body with them.
Do take care of holing the appropriate distance, since sound has a strong effect on the esotheric body - the Aura. Dose well.
The handle can be filled with small crystals - for example (a mix of) products 59105911 or 5912 - for an extra strong effect.

This white singing bowl is tuned in F and comes with mallet (product number 1716).

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals that are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any one note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp sound in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each set of 7 bowls includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for that specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us, and the vibrations will have different effects on different people, depending upon what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you do not sound it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Sounders often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of sounding as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are sounding it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. Chiefly, the properties of each chakra are: First - grounding; second - creativity and sexuality; third - self-esteem and prosperity; fourth - love and health; fifth - communication and creativity; sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I have noticed that if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing, is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals, changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls, provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualise the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Do not say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover; this enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim that it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while sounding it. Do not strike or sound a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cm apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is sounding it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl A-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl A-tone

Productnr.: A1701

Dimensions: 25 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - A-tone

Tuned in A, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1714. 

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl A-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl A-tone

Productnr.: A1702

Dimensions: 30 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - A-tuned

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 


You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl A-tuned

Crystal Singing Bowl A-tuned

Productnr.: A1703

Dimensions: 35 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - A-tuned

Tuned in A, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1714.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl A-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl A-tone

Productnr.: A1704

Dimensions: 40 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - A-tuned

Tuned in A, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1714. 

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl B tone

Crystal Singing Bowl B tone

Productnr.: B1701

Dimensions: 25 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - B-tuned 

Tuned in B, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.    

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it.  

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels.  

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl B-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl B-tone

Productnr.: B1702

Dimensions: 30 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - B-tuned 

Tuned in B, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715. 

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it.  

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels.  

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal singing bowl B-tuned

Crystal singing bowl B-tuned

Productnr.: B1703

Dimensions: 35 cm

Crystal singing bowl - B-tuned

Tuned in B, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715. 

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl B-tuned

Crystal Singing Bowl B-tuned

Productnr.: B1704

Dimensions: 40 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - B-tuned

Tuned in B, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal singing bowl C#-tuned

Crystal singing bowl C#-tuned

Productnr.: C#1701

Dimensions: 25 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - C#-tuned - Ø 25 cms 

Tuned in C#, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.    

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it.  

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels.  

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl C#-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl C#-tone

Productnr.: C#17021

Dimensions: 32½ cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - C#-tuned 

Tuned in C#, these are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 


You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl C#-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl C#-tone

Productnr.: C#1703

Dimensions: 35 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - C#-tuned - Ø 35 cms

Tuned in C#, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl C-tuned

Crystal Singing Bowl C-tuned

Productnr.: C1701

Dimensions: 25 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - C-tuned

Tuned in C, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.    

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it.  

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels.  You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. 

You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl C-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl C-tone

Productnr.: C1702

Dimensions: 30 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - C-tuned

Tuned in C, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.    

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it.  

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels.  

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl C-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl C-tone

Productnr.: C1703

Dimensions: 35 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - C-tuned

Tuned in C, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl C-tuned

Crystal Singing Bowl C-tuned

Productnr.: C1704

Dimensions: 40 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl C-tuned

Tuned in C, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl D-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl D-tone

Productnr.: D1701

Dimensions: 25 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - D-tuned 

Tuned in D, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.    

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it.  

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels.  You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. 

You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl D-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl D-tone

Productnr.: D1702

Dimensions: 30 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - D-tuned

Tuned in D, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.    

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it.  

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels.  You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. 

You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl D-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl D-tone

Productnr.: D1704

Dimensions: 40 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - D-tuned

Tuned in D, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.    

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it.  

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels.  You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. 

You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl E-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl E-tone

Productnr.: E1701

Dimensions: 25 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - E-tuned

Tuned in E, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.    

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it.  

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels.  

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl E-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl E-tone

Productnr.: E1702

Dimensions: 30 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - E-tuned

Tuned in E, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.    

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it.  

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels.  

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl E-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl E-tone

Productnr.: E1703

Dimensions: 35 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - E-tuned

erTuned in C, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl E-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl E-tone

Productnr.: E1705

Dimensions: 45 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - E-tuned

Tuned in E, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.    

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it.  

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels.  

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl F#-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl F#-tone

Productnr.: F#1701

Dimensions: 25 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - F#-tuned 

Tuned in F#, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.    

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it.  

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels.  

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl F#-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl F#-tone

Productnr.: F#1702

Dimensions: 30 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - F#-tuned 

Tuned in F#, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.    

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it.  

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels.  

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl F#-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl F#-tone

Productnr.: F#1703

Dimensions: 35 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - F#-tuned 

Tuned in F#, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.    

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it.  

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels.  

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl F#-tuned

Crystal Singing Bowl F#-tuned

Productnr.: F#1704

Dimensions: 40 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - F-tuned - Ø 40 cms

Tuned in F#, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl F-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl F-tone

Productnr.: F1701

Dimensions: 25 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - F-tuned 

Tuned in F, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.    

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it.  

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels.  

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl F-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl F-tone

Productnr.: F1702

Dimensions: 30 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - F-tuned 

Tuned in F, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.    

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it.  

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels.  

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl F-tuned

Crystal Singing Bowl F-tuned

Productnr.: F1704

Dimensions: 40 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - F-tuned

Tuned in F, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl G-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl G-tone

Productnr.: G1701

Dimensions: 25 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - G-tuned

Tuned in G, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl G-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl G-tone

Productnr.: G1702

Dimensions: 30 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - G-tuned

Tuned in G, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.    

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it.  

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels.  

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl G-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl G-tone

Productnr.: G1703

Dimensions: 35 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - G-tuned

Tuned in G, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715.

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).
Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl G-tone

Crystal Singing Bowl G-tone

Productnr.: G1704

Dimensions: 40 cm

Crystal Singing Bowl - G-tuned

Tuned in G, comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring. We recommend you to order also the rubber mallet, product # 1715. 

These are newly made crystal singing bowls, beautifully crafted, with wonderful, powerful sounds. Our crystal singing bowls are made of pure powdered quartz crystals which are heated to several thousand degrees. The heating integrates the individual particles of the quartz powder and a bowl is formed. They are then individually tuned to a specific musical note. The size of the bowl affects the pitch: a small bowl produces a much higher pitched note than the note produced by a large bowl. In general higher pitches have an uplifting, cleansing effect whilst lower pitches tend to be more relaxing and grounding. We all respond differently to particular sounds, and so the effect on individuals of the same bowl can be quite different. Our advice is to buy different kinds of mallets and learn how it sounds exactly with each of them, like rubber, leather, felt or woollen mallets. (Attention: NEVER use wooden sticks with these vulnerable bowls!) Each mallet will give a different sound with a specific vibration, so trying will say much more than saying. After this test you will know exactly which mallet you need to create a specific vibration of your choice. When you order any note bowl you may receive a flat or a sharp in that note. Very few true notes are ever available. It is a rarity. A particular size of bowl may be available in more than one note or tone. This varies with weight, wall height, and wall thickness. The notes assigned to bowl sizes vary according to the manufacturing process, availability, and precision of tuning. Each 7 bowl set includes the notes: C, D, E, F, G, A’ & B’, reverberant in the seven chakras. The size of the bowl for each note is up to the manufacturer. Bowl sizes do not increase up the scale, but may vary according to the best tuning size for the specific note. When two or more crystal bowls are sounded together, the sound waves emitted weave and mingle with each other to form beautiful flowing harmonics, provided they are harmoniously tuned together. These harmonics surround us and the vibrations will have different effects on different people depending what is happening in their lives. In therapy, the healing tones of the quartz crystal bowls are mainly used to help re-balance and harmonise. It is best for you and anyone in the proximity of the bowl if you don't play it for longer than 15 - 20 minutes at a stretch. A 15 minute break is recommended - this is to ensure that the energy field is not overloaded with energy and everyone has a chance to assimilate the changes. Players often forget that they are also receiving an energy treatment! Always have the highest intention in your mind at the outset of playing as the bowl becomes an extension of you while you are playing it. 

You may request a bowl tuned to a particular chakra. The properties, in brief, of each chakra are: First - grounding, second - creativity and sexuality, third - self-esteem and prosperity, fourth - love and health, fifth - communication and creativity, sixth - intuition, psychic development, seventh - connection with one's spiritual self. Smaller crystal bowls have a high tone and octave. Larger ones have a deeper tone and lower octave. There are several proclaims about the chakra tones, but the system of C to A’ is most frequently used. While the sound alone of crystal bowls can have a relaxing and healing effect, you can greatly magnify the results when you sing along with the sounds while playing, and/or combine sounding the bowl with the power of thought. Thoughts have energy and attract to themselves similar energy. I've noticed if I start the day in a happy and positive mood, things keep happening to amplify that mood. The opposite is also true. One of the purposes of all forms of vibration healing is to help us consciously and deliberately shift from negative to positive moods. The interaction of thought energy with crystals changes thoughts to more harmonic energies. This can result in the changing of brainwave frequencies and possible alterations in consciousness. Thus, the power of positive intention or affirmation combined with the music of crystal bowls provides remarkable healing results on all levels. 

You will probably get the best results if you take some time to prepare yourself before sounding a crystal bowl. A simple breathing exercise can help. One I like is to breathe in to the count of 4, hold to the count of 4, and breathe out to the count of 8. Do this for a few minutes to help clear your mind and being of any negativity. Then imagine you and your bowl surrounded with light. You may wish to visualize the colour that corresponds to the bowl or surround yourself with pure white light. It can also be helpful to create an affirmation to repeat silently or aloud to yourself. This makes you more able to keep your thoughts in one place. In brief, always make your affirmations in the present tense and state them positively. Don't say, "I want to get rid of this headache" but say, "My head is clear and calm" (or whatever best expresses your intention). As you relax and feel yourself and the area around you filling with light, strike the outside of the bowl gently near the upper rim to begin sounding the bowl. Follow the sound around the bowl, for instance with the wand or mallet with a leather cover, the same way you make a crystal wine-glass. This enhances the duration and loudness of the tone. Some people like to move the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions. Others claim it does not matter much and move also in a counter-clockwise motion or a combination of both methods. Tune into your intuition, in order to feel what works best for you. Never place a person's head inside a crystal bowl while playing it. Do not strike or play a crystal bowl too loudly, especially near a person's head. If you have more than one bowl, place them at least 30 cms apart, or the vibration may shatter a bowl. Also people who have metal pins or stainless steel ball joints in their bodies have noticed discomfort or pain if they are standing near a crystal bowl while someone is playing it. Ask before using the bowl. 

Read more: Singing Bowl Handbook – Eva Rudy Jansen & Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-78302-16-2), Crystal Sound (Book & CD) – Dick de Ruiter (ISBN 978-90-74597-70-8).

Crystal Singing Bowls Quartz Crystal White & Bag

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl A-tone + safety bag

Crystal Singing Bowl A-tone + safety bag

Productnr.: A1721

Dimensions: 25 cm

SET Crystal Singing Bowl A-tone + safety bag

Special offer! A-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + Custom Padded Case. 
Carry and store your beautiful new bowls in style and safety! Our Crystal Singing Bowl carrying cases are custom-made. Thick padding helps protect your bowls. Comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring.

We advise you to extra order the rubber striker, product # 1715.

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl A-tone + safety bag

Crystal Singing Bowl A-tone + safety bag

Productnr.: A1722

Dimensions: 30 cm

SET A-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + safety bag

Special offer! A-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + Custom Padded Case.
Carry and store your beautiful new bowls in style and safety! Our Crystal Singing Bowl carrying cases are custom-made. Thick padding helps protect your bowls. Comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring.

We advise you to extra order the rubber striker, product # 1715.

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl A-tone + safety bag

Crystal Singing Bowl A-tone + safety bag

Productnr.: A1723

Dimensions: 35 cm

SET A-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + safety bag

Special offering! A-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + Custom Padded Case. 
Carry and store your beautiful new bowls in style and safety! Our Crystal Singing Bowl carrying cases are custom-made. Thick padding helps protect your bowls. Comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring.

We advise you to extra order the rubber striker, product # 1715.

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl B-tone + safety bag

Crystal Singing Bowl B-tone + safety bag

Productnr.: B1722

Dimensions: 30 cm

SET B-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + safety bag

Special offer! B-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + Custom Padded Case. 
Carry and store your beautiful new bowls in style and safety! Our Crystal Singing Bowl carrying cases are custom-made. Thick padding helps protect your bowls. Comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring.

We advise you to extra order the rubber striker, product # 1714.

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl B-tone + safety bag

Crystal Singing Bowl B-tone + safety bag

Productnr.: B1723

Dimensions: 35 cm

SET B-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + safety bag

Special offering! B-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + Custom Padded Case. 
Carry and store your beautiful new bowls in style and safety! Our Crystal Singing Bowl carrying cases are custom-made. Thick padding helps protect your bowls. Comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring.

We advise you to extra order the rubber striker, product # 1715.

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl B-tone + safety bag

Crystal Singing Bowl B-tone + safety bag

Productnr.: B1721

Dimensions: 25 cm

SET Crystal Singing Bowl B-tone + safety bag

Special offer! C-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + Custom Padded Case. 
Carry and store your beautiful new bowls in style and safety! Our Crystal Singing Bowl carrying cases are custom-made. Thick padding helps protect your bowls. Comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring.

We advise you to extra order the rubber striker, product # 1715.

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl C#-tone + safety bag

Crystal Singing Bowl C#-tone + safety bag

Productnr.: C#1721

Dimensions: 25 cm

SET Crystal Singing Bowl C#-tone Ø 25 cms + safety bag

Special offering! 25 cms C#-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + Custom Padded Case. 
Carry and store your beautiful new bowls in style and safety! Our Crystal Singing Bowl carrying cases are custom-made. Thick padding helps protect your bowls. Comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring.

We advise you to extra order the rubber striker, product # 1715.

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl C#-tone + safety bag

Crystal Singing Bowl C#-tone + safety bag

Productnr.: C#1722

Dimensions: 30 cm

SET C#-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + safety bag

Special offer! C#-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + Custom Padded Case. 
Carry and store your beautiful new bowls in style and safety! Our Crystal Singing Bowl carrying cases are custom-made. Thick padding helps protect your bowls. Comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring.

We advise you to extra order the rubber striker, product # 1715.

Knowledgeable people claim that the halfway notes of crystal singing bowls have a special harmonising effect on various endocrine glands: C# - sexual glands, D# - adrenals, F# - thymus, G# - thyroid, zeal, G# - pineal.

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl C-tone + safety bag

Crystal Singing Bowl C-tone + safety bag

Productnr.: C1721

Dimensions: 25 cm

SET Crystal Singing Bowl C-tone + safety bag

Special offer! C-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + Custom Padded Case. 
Carry and store your beautiful new bowls in style and safety! Our Crystal Singing Bowl carrying cases are custom-made. Thick padding helps protect your bowls. Comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring.

We advise you to extra order the rubber striker, product # 1715.

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl C-tone + safety bag

Crystal Singing Bowl C-tone + safety bag

Productnr.: C1722

Dimensions: 30 cm

SET C-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + safety bag

Special offer! C-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + Custom Padded Case. 
Carry and store your beautiful new bowls in style and safety! Our Crystal Singing Bowl carrying cases are custom-made. Thick padding helps protect your bowls. Comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring.

We advise you to extra order the rubber striker, product # 1715.

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl D-tone + safety bag

Crystal Singing Bowl D-tone + safety bag

Productnr.: D1721

Dimensions: 25 cm

SET D-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + safety bag

Special offer! D-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + Custom Padded Case. 
Carry and store your beautiful new bowls in style and safety! Our Crystal Singing Bowl carrying cases are custom-made. Thick padding helps protect your bowls. Comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring.

We advise you to extra order the rubber striker, product # 1715.

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl D-tone + safety bag

Crystal Singing Bowl D-tone + safety bag

Productnr.: D1722

Dimensions: 30 cm

SET D-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + safety bag

Special offer! D-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + Custom Padded Case. 
Carry and store your beautiful new bowls in style and safety! Our Crystal Singing Bowl carrying cases are custom-made. Thick padding helps protect your bowls. Comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring.

We advise you to extra order the rubber striker, product # 1715.

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl E-tone + safety bag

Crystal Singing Bowl E-tone + safety bag

Productnr.: E1721

Dimensions: 25 cm

SET E-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + safety bag

Special offering! E-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + Custom Padded Case. 
Carry and store your beautiful new bowls in style and safety! Our Crystal Singing Bowl carrying cases are custom-made. Thick padding helps protect your bowls. Comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring.

We advise you to extra order the rubber striker, product # 1715.

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl E-tone + safety bag

Crystal Singing Bowl E-tone + safety bag

Productnr.: E1722

Dimensions: 30 cm

SET E-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + safety bag

Special offering! E-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + Custom Padded Case. 
Carry and store your beautiful new bowls in style and safety! Our Crystal Singing Bowl carrying cases are custom-made. Thick padding helps protect your bowls. Comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring.

We advise you to extra order the rubber striker, product # 1715.

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl F#-tone + safety bag

Crystal Singing Bowl F#-tone + safety bag

Productnr.: F#1721

Dimensions: 25 cm

SET F#-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + safety bag

Special offering! F-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + Custom Padded Case. 
Carry and store your beautiful new bowls in style and safety! Our Crystal Singing Bowl carrying cases are custom-made. Thick padding helps protect your bowls. Comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring.

We advise you to extra order the rubber striker, product # 1715.

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl F-tone + safety bag

Crystal Singing Bowl F-tone + safety bag

Productnr.: F1721

Dimensions: 25 cm

SET F-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + safety bag

Special offer! C#-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + Custom Padded Case. 
Carry and store your beautiful new bowls in style and safety! Our Crystal Singing Bowl carrying cases are custom-made. Thick padding helps protect your bowls. Comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring.

We advise you to extra order the rubber striker, product 1715.

Knowledgeable people claim that the halfway notes of crystal singing bowls have a special harmonising effect on various endocrine glands: C# - sexual glands, D# - adrenals, F# - thymus, G# - thyroid, zeal, G# - pineal.

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl F-tone + safety bag

Crystal Singing Bowl F-tone + safety bag

Productnr.: F1722

Dimensions: 30 cm

SET F-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + safety bag

Special offering! F-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + Custom Padded Case. 
Carry and store your beautiful new bowls in style and safety! Our Crystal Singing Bowl carrying cases are custom-made. Thick padding helps protect your bowls. Comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring.

We advise you to extra order the rubber striker, product # 1715.

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl G#-tone + safety bag

Crystal Singing Bowl G#-tone + safety bag

Productnr.: G#1721

Dimensions: 25 cm

SET G#-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + safety bag

Special offering! G#-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + Custom Padded Case. 
Carry and store your beautiful new bowls in style and safety! Our Crystal Singing Bowl carrying cases are custom-made. Thick padding helps protect your bowls. Comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring.

We advise you to extra order the rubber striker, product # 1715.

Knowledgeable people claim that the halfway notes of crystal singing bowls have a special harmonising effect on various endocrine glands: C# - sexual glands, D# - adrenals, F# - thymus, G# - thyroid, zeal, G# - pineal.

Image for: Crystal Singing Bowl G-tone + safety bag

Crystal Singing Bowl G-tone + safety bag

Productnr.: G1721

Dimensions: 25 cm

SET G-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + safety bag

Special offering! G-tone Crystal Singing Bowl + Custom Padded Case. 
Carry and store your beautiful new bowls in style and safety! Our Crystal Singing Bowl carrying cases are custom-made. Thick padding helps protect your bowls. Comes with leather mallet and rubber stability ring.

We advise you to extra order the rubber striker, product # 1715.

Gongs, gong bags and gong stands

Image for: Chao Gong

Chao Gong

Productnr.: 116291/2

Dimensions: 40 cm

Chao Gong

Gong beater is included for free.

Chao gong is the most famous one in our Chinese traditional percussion instruments. Many Westerners like Chinese Chao gong and Wind gong very much.

The Chao gong is made of electrolytic copper and tin. It is almost flat except for the rim, which is turned up to make a shallow cylinder. On a 10" (25 cms) gong, for example, the rim extends about a half an inch perpendicular to the gong surface. The main surface is slightly concave when viewed from the direction to which the rim is turned. The centre spot and the rim of a Chao gong are left coated on both sides with the black copper oxide that forms during the manufacture of the gong. The rest of the gong is polished to remove this coating. Chao gongs range in size from 7" to 80" (18 – 200 cms) in diameter.

The earliest Chao gong is from a tomb discovered at the Guixian site in the Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region of China. It dates from the early Western Han Dynasty. They were known for their very intense and spiritual drumming in rituals and tribal meetings.

Traditionally, Chao gongs were used to clear the way for important officials and processions, much like a police siren today. Sometimes the number of strokes on the gong was used to indicate the seniority of the official. In this way, two officials meeting unexpectedly on the road would know before the meeting which of them should bow down before the other.

Image for: Chao Gong

Chao Gong

Productnr.: 16292/2

Dimensions: 45 cm

Chao Gong

Gong beater is included for free.

Chao gong is the most famous one in our Chinese traditional percussion instruments. Many Westerners like Chinese Chao gong and Wind gong very much.

The Chao gong is made of electrolytic copper and tin. It is almost flat except for the rim, which is turned up to make a shallow cylinder. On a 10" (25 cms) gong, for example, the rim extends about a half an inch perpendicular to the gong surface. The main surface is slightly concave when viewed from the direction to which the rim is turned. The centre spot and the rim of a Chao gong are left coated on both sides with the black copper oxide that forms during the manufacture of the gong. The rest of the gong is polished to remove this coating. Chao gongs range in size from 7" to 80" (18 – 200 cms) in diameter.

The earliest Chao gong is from a tomb discovered at the Guixian site in the Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region of China. It dates from the early Western Han Dynasty. They were known for their very intense and spiritual drumming in rituals and tribal meetings.

Traditionally, Chao gongs were used to clear the way for important officials and processions, much like a police siren today. Sometimes the number of strokes on the gong was used to indicate the seniority of the official. In this way, two officials meeting unexpectedly on the road would know before the meeting which of them should bow down before the other.

Image for: Chao Gong

Chao Gong

Productnr.: 116293/2

Dimensions: 50 cm

Chao Gong

Gong beater is included for free. 

We recommend you to order also gong bag
Our Gong Bag makes transporting your gong easy, enjoyable, and safe.
Our fabric gong bags have quality stitching, and side handles.
Light weight black nylon bag with large zipper and fits a Wind gong or Chao gong.
The bag is not padded.

Chao gong is the most famous one in our Chinese traditional percussion instruments. Many Westerners like Chinese Chao gong and Wind gong very much.

The Chao gong is made of electrolytic copper and tin. It is almost flat except for the rim, which is turned up to make a shallow cylinder. On a 10" (25 cms) gong, for example, the rim extends about a half an inch perpendicular to the gong surface. The main surface is slightly concave when viewed from the direction to which the rim is turned. The centre spot and the rim of a Chao gong are left coated on both sides with the black copper oxide that forms during the manufacture of the gong. The rest of the gong is polished to remove this coating. Chao gongs range in size from 7" to 80" (18 – 200 cms) in diameter.

The earliest Chao gong is from a tomb discovered at the Guixian site in the Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region of China. It dates from the early Western Han Dynasty. They were known for their very intense and spiritual drumming in rituals and tribal meetings.

Traditionally, Chao gongs were used to clear the way for important officials and processions, much like a police siren today. Sometimes the number of strokes on the gong was used to indicate the seniority of the official. In this way, two officials meeting unexpectedly on the road would know before the meeting which of them should bow down before the other.

Image for: Chao Gong

Chao Gong

Productnr.: 116294/2

Dimensions: 55 cm

Chao Gong

Gong beater is included for free.
Beater 16769 is also recommended

Chao gong is the most famous one in our Chinese traditional percussion instruments. Many Westerners like Chinese Chao gongs and Wind gongs very much.

The Chao gong is made of electrolytic copper and tin. It is almost flat except for the rim, which is turned up to make a shallow cylinder. On a 10" (25 cms) gong, for example, the rim extends about a half an inch perpendicular to the gong surface. The main surface is slightly concave when viewed from the direction to which the rim is turned. The centre spot and the rim of a Chao gong are left coated on both sides with the black copper oxide that forms during the manufacture of the gong. The rest of the gong is polished to remove this coating. Chao gongs range in size from 7" to 80" (18 – 200 cms) in diameter.

The earliest Chao gong is from a tomb discovered at the Guixian site in the Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region of China. It dates from the early Western Han Dynasty. They were known for their very intense and spiritual drumming in rituals and tribal meetings.

Traditionally, Chao gongs were used to clear the way for important officials and processions, much like a police siren today. Sometimes the number of strokes on the gong was used to indicate the seniority of the official. In this way, two officials meeting unexpectedly on the road would know before the meeting which of them should bow down before the other.

Image for: Chao Gong

Chao Gong

Productnr.: 116299/2

Dimensions: 70 cm

Chao Gong

Gong beater is included for free. 
Beater 16769 is also recommended

We recommend you to order also this gong bag
Our Gong Bag makes transporting your gong easy, enjoyable, and safe.
Our fabric gong bags have quality stitching, and side handles.
Light weight black nylon bag with large zipper and fits Wind gong or Chao gong.
The bag is not padded.


Chao gong is the most famous one in our Chinese traditional percussion instruments. Many Westerners like Chinese Chao gongs and Wind gongs very much.

The Chao gong is made of electrolytic copper and tin. It is almost flat except for the rim, which is turned up to make a shallow cylinder. On a 10" (25 cms) gong, for example, the rim extends about a half an inch perpendicular to the gong surface. The main surface is slightly concave when viewed from the direction to which the rim is turned. The centre spot and the rim of a Chao gong are left coated on both sides with the black copper oxide that forms during the manufacture of the gong. The rest of the gong is polished to remove this coating. Chao gongs range in size from 7" to 80" (18 – 200 cms) in diameter.

The earliest Chao gong is from a tomb discovered at the Guixian site in the Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region of China. It dates from the early Western Han Dynasty. They were known for their very intense and spiritual drumming in rituals and tribal meetings.

Traditionally, Chao gongs were used to clear the way for important officials and processions, much like a police siren today. Sometimes the number of strokes on the gong was used to indicate the seniority of the official. In this way, two officials meeting unexpectedly on the road would know before the meeting which of them should bow down before the other.




Image for: Chao Gong

Chao Gong

Productnr.: 116300/2

Dimensions: 80 cm

Chao Gong

Gong beater is included for free. 
Beater 16769 is also recommended

We recommend you to order also this gong bag
Our Gong Bag makes transporting your gong easy, enjoyable, and safe.
Our fabric gong bags have quality stitching, and side handles.
Light weight black nylon bag with large zipper and fits Wind gong or Chao gong.
The bag is not padded.

Chao gong is the most famous one in our Chinese traditional percussion instruments. Many Westerners like Chinese Chao gongs and Wind gongs very much.

The Chao gong is made of electrolytic copper and tin. It is almost flat except for the rim, which is turned up to make a shallow cylinder. On a 10" (25 cms) gong, for example, the rim extends about a half an inch perpendicular to the gong surface. The main surface is slightly concave when viewed from the direction to which the rim is turned. The centre spot and the rim of a Chao gong are left coated on both sides with the black copper oxide that forms during the manufacture of the gong. The rest of the gong is polished to remove this coating. 

The earliest Chao gong is from a tomb discovered at the Guixian site in the Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region of China. It dates from the early Western Han Dynasty. They were known for their very intense and spiritual drumming in rituals and tribal meetings.

Traditionally, Chao gongs were used to clear the way for important officials and processions, much like a police siren today. Sometimes the number of strokes on the gong was used to indicate the seniority of the official. In this way, two officials meeting unexpectedly on the road would know before the meeting which of them should bow down before the other.


Products 1 - 96 of 649 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Yogi & Yogini

Our Trademarks

Products for
Yogis & Yoginis

Designed with love

For men and women

For body and mind

For Joy and Happiness!

Our Trademarks

Meditation

Healthy Lifestyle

Yogatools

New products

Soulbottle Oh…

Bracelet Flow…

Meditation cu…

Meditation cushion elephant for children

8262

Weight: 700 g; Dimensions: 23×8 cm

>>>

Meditation cu…

Meditation cushion moon for children

8263

Weight: 700 g; Dimensions: 23×8 cm

>>>

corporate social responsibility 

Mani Bhadra B.V. - Phoenix Import: Importer and wholesaler

HELLO

Mani Bhadra B.V. - Phoenix Import is a forward-thinking company!  
We embed sustainability into the core of our business operations to create shared value for business and society. 
We are proud to be a socially responsible cooperation. To our customers and those of you looking for products that contribute to vitality, joy, peace and spiritual development, we would like to say: you can enjoy doing business with us and know that we care for both our producers and their workers, for our products, for our customers and for the world. We delight in serving you in the best way we can.

From our team, from our heart.

Who can buy from us?

Mani Bhadra B.V. – Phoenix Import is a Business-to-Business (B2B) wholesaler. We deliver to resellers, wholesalers, yoga studios, meditation centres, conference centres, (sound) therapists, etc., both in  Europe and overseas.


Links for rapid access to:

> Contact form
> Reports on delivery form
>
 FAQ

Cookie setting

This website uses Google Analytics to analyze your use of our sites so we can determine how best to serve you. We also use cookies from e.g. Facebook, Twitter and Google to integrate social media into our website. Below you can decide which cookies we can and cannot use.

More information is available at "Privacy & Cookies".